Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
305 *
306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
307 *
308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
309 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
319 * compatibility only.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
325 *
326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
351 *
352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
369 * attributes determining channel width.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
373 *
374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
386 * frame).
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
409 * global regdomain will be returned.
410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
432 *
433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
435 *
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
438 *
439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
444 * added to all specified management frames generated by
445 * kernel/firmware/driver.
446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
452 *
453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
458 * be used.
459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
462 * partial scan results may be available
463 *
464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
491 * results available.
492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
499 *
500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
501 * or noise level
502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
504 *
505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
512 * ESS.
513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
516 * authentication.
517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
518 *
519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
544 * the beacon hint was processed.
545 *
546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
549 * authentication process.
550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
559 * to the frame.
560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
570 * pending authentication timed out).
571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
578 * included).
579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
582 * primitives).
583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
594 *
595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
604 * determined by the network interface.
605 *
606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
608 * to the driver.
609 *
610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
640 * a different BSS is desired.
641 * Background scan period can optionally be
642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
643 * if not specified default background scan configuration
644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
653 * well to remain backwards compatible.
654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
658 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
659 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
660 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
661 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
662 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
663 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
665 *
666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
667 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
668 *
669 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
670 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
671 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
672 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
674 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
675 * frequency for the operation.
676 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
677 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
678 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
679 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
680 * radio).
681 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
682 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
683 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
684 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
685 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
686 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
687 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
688 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
689 * uniquely identify the request.
690 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
691 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
692 *
693 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
694 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
695 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
696 *
697 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
698 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
699 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
700 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
701 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
702 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
703 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
704 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
705 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
706 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
707 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
708 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
709 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
711 * backward compatibility
712 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
713 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
714 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
715 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
716 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
717 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
718 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
719 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
720 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
721 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
722 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
723 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
724 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
726 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
727 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
728 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
729 * is used during CSA period.
730 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
731 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
732 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
733 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
734 * wait time.
735 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
737 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
738 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
739 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
740 * the frame.
741 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
742 * backward compatibility.
743 *
744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
746 *
747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
748 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
749 * levels.
750 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
751 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
752 * reached.
753 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
754 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
755 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
756 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
757 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
758 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
759 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
760 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
761 * precedence when they are used.
762 *
763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
764 * (no longer supported).
765 *
766 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
767 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
768 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
769 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
770 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
771 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
772 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
773 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
774 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
775 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
776 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
777 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
778 * command, the feature is disabled.
779 *
780 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
781 * mesh config parameters may be given.
782 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
783 * network is determined by the network interface.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
786 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
787 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
788 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
789 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
790 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
791 *
792 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
793 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
794 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
795 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
796 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
797 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
798 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
799 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
800 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
801 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
802 * depending on the authentication result.
803 *
804 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
806 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
807 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
808 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
809 * more background information, see
810 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
811 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
812 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
813 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
814 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
815 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
816 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
819 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
820 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
821 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
822 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
823 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
824 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
825 *
826 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
827 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
828 *
829 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
830 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
831 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
832 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
833 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
834 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
835 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
836 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
837 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
838 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
839 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
840 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
841 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
842 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
843 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
844 *
845 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
846 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
847 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
848 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
849 * is received.
850 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
851 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
852 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
853 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
854 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
855 *
856 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
857 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
858 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
859 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
860 *
861 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
862 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
863 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
864 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
865 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
866 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
867 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
868 *
869 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
870 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
871 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
872 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
873 *
874 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
875 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
876 *
877 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
878 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
879 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
880 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
881 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
882 * from the remote AP) is completed;
883 *
884 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
885 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
886 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
887 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
889 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
890 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
891 * interfaces to change channel as well.
892 *
893 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
894 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
895 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
896 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
897 * public action frame TX.
898 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
899 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
900 *
901 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
902 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
903 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
904 * is used for this.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
907 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
908 *
909 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
910 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
911 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
912 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
913 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
914 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
915 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
916 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
917 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
918 *
919 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
920 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
921 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
922 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
923 * while operating on this channel.
924 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
925 * event.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
928 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
929 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
932 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
933 *
934 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
935 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
936 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
937 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
938 *
939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
940 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
941 * complete.
942 *
943 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
944 * return back to normal.
945 *
946 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
948 *
949 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
950 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
951 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
952 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
953 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
954 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
955 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
956 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
957 * switch is complete.
958 *
959 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
960 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
961 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
962 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
963 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
964 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
965 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
966 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
967 *
968 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
969 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
970 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
971 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
972 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
973 *
974 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
976 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
977 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
978 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
979 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
980 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
981 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
982 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
983 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
984 * fail even if the check was successful.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
986 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
987 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
988 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
989 *
990 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
991 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
992 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
993 *
994 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
995 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
996 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
997 * network is determined by the network interface.
998 *
999 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1000 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1001 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1002 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1003 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1004 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1005 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1006 * AP.
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1008 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1009 * when this command completes.
1010 *
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1012 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1013 * management.
1014 *
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1016 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1017 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1018 *
1019 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1021 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1022 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1023 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1025 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1026 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1027 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1028 * added.
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1030 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1032 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1033 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1034 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1035 * of the function upon success.
1036 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1037 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1038 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1039 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1040 * which just terminated.
1041 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1042 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1043 * the response to this command.
1044 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1046 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1047 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1048 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1050 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1051 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1052 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1054 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1055 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1056 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1058 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1059 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1060 *
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1062 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1063 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1064 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1065 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1066 *
1067 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1068 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1069 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1070 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1072 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1073 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1074 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1075 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1076 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1077 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1078 * should be indicated instead.
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1080 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1081 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1082 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1083 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1084 * 802.11 headers.
1085 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1087 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1088 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1089 *
1090 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1091 *
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1093 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1094 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1095 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1096 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1097 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1098 *
1099 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1100 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1101 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1102 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1103 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1104 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1105 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1106 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1107 * command interface.
1108 *
1109 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1110 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1111 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1112 *
1113 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1114 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1115 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1116 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1119 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1120 *
1121 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1122 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1123 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1124 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1126 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1127 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1128 * the netlink extended ack message.
1129 *
1130 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1131 *
1132 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1133 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1134 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1135 * buffer size.
1136 *
1137 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1138 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1140 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1141 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1142 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1143 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1144 *
1145 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1146 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1147 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1148 * determining the width and type.
1149 *
1150 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1151 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1152 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1153 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1154 *
1155 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1156 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1157 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1158 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1159 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1160 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1161 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1162 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1163 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1164 * rate selection.
1165 *
1166 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1167 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1168 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1169 *
1170 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1171 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1172 *
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1174 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1175 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1176 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1177 *
1178 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1179 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1180 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1181 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1182 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1183 *
1184 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1185 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1186 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1187 *
1188 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1189 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1190 */
1191enum nl80211_commands {
1192/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1193 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1194
1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1197 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1198 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1199
1200 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1202 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1203 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1204
1205 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1206 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1207 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1208 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1209
1210 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1211 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1212 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1213 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1214 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1215 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1216
1217 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1218 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1219 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1220 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1221
1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1223 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1224 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1225 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1226
1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1228
1229 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1230 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1231
1232 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1233 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1240 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1241 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1242 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1243
1244 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1245
1246 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1247 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1248 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1249 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1250
1251 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1252
1253 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1254
1255 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1256 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1257
1258 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1259
1260 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1261 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1262 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1263
1264 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1265
1266 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1267 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1268
1269 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1270 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1271 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1272
1273 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1274 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1275
1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1277
1278 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1279 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1280 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1281 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1282 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1283 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1284
1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1286 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1287
1288 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1289 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1290
1291 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1293
1294 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1295
1296 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1297 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1298
1299 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1300 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1301
1302 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1303
1304 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1305 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1306
1307 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1308 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1309 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1310 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1311
1312 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1313
1314 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1315
1316 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1317 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1318
1319 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1320
1321 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1322
1323 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1324
1325 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1326
1327 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1328
1329 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1330
1331 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1332 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1333
1334 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1335
1336 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1337
1338 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1339
1340 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1341
1342 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1343
1344 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1345 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1346
1347 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1348 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1349
1350 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1351 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1352
1353 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1354
1355 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1356
1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1358
1359 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1360 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1361
1362 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1363
1364 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1365 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1366
1367 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1368
1369 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1370 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1371
1372 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1373
1374 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1375
1376 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1377 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1378 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1379 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1380 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1381 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1382
1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1384
1385 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1386
1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1388 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1389
1390 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1391
1392 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1393
1394 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1395
1396 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1397
1398 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1399
1400 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1401
1402 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1403 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1404 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1405
1406 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1407
1408 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1409
1410 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1411
1412 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1413
1414 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1415
1416 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1417
1418 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1419
1420 /* add new commands above here */
1421
1422 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1423 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1424 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1425};
1426
1427/*
1428 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1429 * here
1430 */
1431#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1432#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1433#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1434#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1435#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1436#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1437#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1438#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1439
1440#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1441
1442/* source-level API compatibility */
1443#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1444#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1445#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1446
1447/**
1448 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1449 *
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1451 *
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1453 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1457 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1458 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1459 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1460 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1462 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1463 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1465 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1466 * operating channel center frequency.
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1468 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1470 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1471 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1472 * this attribute)
1473 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1474 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1475 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1476 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1478 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1479 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1481 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1482 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1484 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1485 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1487 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1488 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1490 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1491 *
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1495 *
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1497 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1498 *
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1500 *
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1502 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1503 * keys
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1506 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1508 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1511 * default management key
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1513 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1515 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1516 *
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1521 *
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1524 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1526 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1528 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1529 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1531 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1533 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1534 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1535 *
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1537 * consisting of a nested array.
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1541 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1544 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1545 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1548 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1549 *
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1551 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1552 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1553 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1554 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1555 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1556 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1557 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1558 * to a specific alpha2.
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1560 * rules.
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1564 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1566 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1568 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1569 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1572 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1573 *
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1575 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1576 * of the interface mode.
1577 *
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1579 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1582 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1585 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1587 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1589 * that can be added to a scan request
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1591 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1593 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1594 *
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1597 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1599 *
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1601 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1603 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1604 *
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1606 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1607 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1608 *
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1610 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1611 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1614 * represented as a u32
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1616 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1617 *
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1619 * a u32
1620 *
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1622 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1623 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1624 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1625 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1627 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1628 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1629 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1630 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1633 * cipher suites
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1636 * for other networks on different channels
1637 *
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1639 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1640 *
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1642 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1643 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1644 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1645 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1646 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1647 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1648 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1651 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1652 *
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1654 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1655 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1656 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1657 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1658 * default in station mode.
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1660 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1661 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1662 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1663 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1664 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1666 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1667 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1669 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1670 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1671 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1672 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1673 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1674 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1675 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1676 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1677 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1680 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1681 *
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1683 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1684 * a local disconnect request.
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1686 * event (u16)
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1688 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1689 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1692 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1693 * (an array of u32).
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1695 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1696 * u32).
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1698 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1699 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1701 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1702 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1703 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1704 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1705 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1706 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1707 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1708 *
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1710 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1712 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1715 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1716 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1717 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1718 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1719 *
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1721 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1723 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1724 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1729 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1730 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1731 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1732 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1733 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1734 * completely from scratch.
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1739 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1740 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1741 *
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1744 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1745 *
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1748 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1749 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1754 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1755 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1756 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1757 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1758 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1759 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1760 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1761 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1762 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1763 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1764 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1765 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1766 *
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1768 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1770 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1772 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1773 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1774 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1776 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1777 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1780 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1783 *
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1785 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1788 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1789 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1790 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1791 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1794 * connected to this BSS.
1795 *
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1797 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1799 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1800 * for non-automatic settings.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1803 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1806 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1807 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1808 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1809 *
1810 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1811 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1812 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1813 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1814 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1815 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1816 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1817 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1818 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1819 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1820 *
1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1822 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1823 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1824 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1825 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1828 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1831 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1836 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1837 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1838 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1839 * nl80211 capability flag.
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1844 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1845 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1848 * changed once the mesh is active.
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1850 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1852 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1853 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1855 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1856 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1860 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1862 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1863 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1864 * triggers.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1867 * cycles, in msecs.
1868 *
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1870 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1871 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1872 * pass-thru filter rules.
1873 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1874 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1875 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1876 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1877 * able to ignore them by itself.
1878 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1879 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1880 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1881 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1882 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1883 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1884 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1885 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1888 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1889 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1891 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1892 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1893 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1896 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1897 *
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1899 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1900 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1901 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1904 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1905 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1908 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1909 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1910 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1912 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1913 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1914 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1915 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1918 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1920 * as AP.
1921 *
1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1923 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1924 *
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1926 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1927 *
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1929 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1930 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1931 * applications use this attribute.
1932 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1933 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1936 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1937 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1939 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1941 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1943 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1945 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1946 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1947 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1948 *
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1950 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1951 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1952 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1955 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1956 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1957 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1960 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1962 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1963 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1964 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1967 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1968 * to be filled by the FW.
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1970 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1971 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
1973 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1974 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
1976 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1977 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1979 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1980 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1981 * The values that may be configured are:
1982 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1983 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1984 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1985 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1986 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1989 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1990 * to one DFS region.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1993 * up to 16 TIDs.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1996 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1997 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1998 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1999 * capability to timeout the stations.
2000 *
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2002 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2003 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2004 *
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2006 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2007 *
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2009 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2010 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2011 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2012 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2015 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2016 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2019 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2020 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2021 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2022 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2023 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2024 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2025 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2026 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2027 * consistent.
2028 *
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2030 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2035 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2037 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2038 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2039 * no change is made.
2040 *
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2042 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2045 * carried in a u32 attribute
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2048 * MAC ACL.
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2051 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2052 * ACL.
2053 *
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2055 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2058 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2059 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2061 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2062 *
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2064 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2065 *
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2067 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2068 * and PU-APSD.
2069 *
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2071 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2072 *
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2074 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2075 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2076 *
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2078 *
2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2080 * Element
2081 *
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2083 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2085 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2086 *
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2088 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2089 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2090 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2091 *
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2093 *
2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2095 * until the channel switch event.
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2097 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2098 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2099 * was requested by the AP.
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2101 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2103 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2105 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2106 *
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2108 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2111 *
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2113 * operating classes.
2114 *
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2116 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2117 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2118 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2119 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2120 * IBSS network.
2121 *
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2123 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2125 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2126 *
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2128 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2129 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2130 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2131 * u8 attribute.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2134 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2137 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2139 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2142 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2143 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2144 *
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2147 *
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2149 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2150 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2151 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2152 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2153 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2154 *
2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2156 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2158 * supported number of csa counters.
2159 *
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2161 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2162 *
2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2164 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2165 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2166 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2167 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2168 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2169 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2170 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2171 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2172 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2173 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2174 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2175 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2176 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2177 * multicast group.
2178 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2179 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2180 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2181 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2182 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2183 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2184 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2185 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2186 *
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2188 * the TDLS link initiator.
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2191 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2192 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2193 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2194 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2195 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2196 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2197 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2198 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2199 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2200 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2201 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2202 *
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2204 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2205 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2206 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2207 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2212 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2213 *
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2215 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2216 *
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2218 *
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2220 *
2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2222 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2223 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2224 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2225 *
2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2227 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2228 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2229 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2230 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2231 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2232 *
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2234 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2235 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2236 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2237 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2238 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2239 * over all channels.
2240 *
2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2242 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2243 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2244 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2245
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2247 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2248 *
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2250 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2252 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2254 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2256 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2257 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2258 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2259 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2260 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2262 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2263 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2264 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2266 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2267 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2268 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2269 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2270 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2271 *
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2273 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2274 *
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2276 *
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2278 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2279 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2280 * interface type.
2281 *
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2283 * groupID for monitor mode.
2284 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2285 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2286 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2287 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2288 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2289 * each group.
2290 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2291 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2292 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2293 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2294 * groupID data.
2295 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2297 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2298 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2299 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2300 *
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2302 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2303 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2304 * attribute must not be included).
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2306 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2309 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2310 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2311 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2313 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2314 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2315 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2316 *
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2318 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2319 *
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2321 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2322 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2323 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2324 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2326 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2327 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2328 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2329 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2330 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2331 * the device will decide what to use.
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2333 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2334 * attribute.
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2336 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2338 * protection.
2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2340 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2341 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2342 *
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2344 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2345 *
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2347 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2348 *
2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2350 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2351 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2352 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2353 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2354 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2355 * unnecessary wakeups.
2356 *
2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2358 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2359 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2360 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2361 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2362 *
2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2364 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2365 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2366 *
2367 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2368 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2369 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2370 *
2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2372 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2373 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2374 *
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2376 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2377 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2378 *
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2380 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2381 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2382 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2383 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2384 *
2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2386 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2387 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2388 *
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2390 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2391 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2392 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2393 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2394 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2395 * is included as well.
2396 *
2397 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2398 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2400 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2401 *
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2403 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2404 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2409 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2410 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2411 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2413 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2414 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2415 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2416 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2417 *
2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2419 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2420 *
2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2422 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2424 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2426 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2427 * enforced.
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2429 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2431 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2432 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2433 *
2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2435 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2436 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2437 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2438 *
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2440 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2441 *
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2443 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2444 * invalid value.
2445 *
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2447 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2448 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2449 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2450 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2451 *
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2453 * scheduler.
2454 *
2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2456 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2457 * possible values.
2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2459 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2460 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2461 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2462 * or per-station.
2463 *
2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2465 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2466 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2467 *
2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2469 *
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2471 * functionality.
2472 *
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2474 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2475 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2477 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2478 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2479 *
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2481 * (u16).
2482 *
2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2484 *
2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2486 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2487 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2488 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2489 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2490 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2491 *
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2493 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2494 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2495 * attributes.
2496 *
2497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2498 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2499 *
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2501 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2502 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2503 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2504 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2505 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2506 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2507 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2508 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2509 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2510 *
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2512 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2513 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2514 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2515 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2516 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2517 * has expired.
2518 *
2519 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2520 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2521 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2522 * disassociation is still forced.
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2524 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2526 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2527 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2529 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2531 *
2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2533 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2534 *
2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2536 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2537 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2538 *
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2540 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2541 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2542 *
2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2544 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2546 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2547 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2548 *
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2550 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2551 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2552 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2553 *
2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2555 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2556 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2557 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2558 *
2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2560 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2561 * is desired.
2562 *
2563 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2564 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2565 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2566 */
2567enum nl80211_attrs {
2568/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2569 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2572 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2573
2574 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2577
2578 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2579
2580 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2581 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2582 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2594 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2597
2598 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2599
2600 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2601
2602 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2606
2607 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2608 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2610
2611 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2612
2613 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2616 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2617
2618 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2619
2620 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2630
2631 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2632
2633 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2636 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2639 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2640
2641 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2642
2643 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2645 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2647
2648 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2649
2650 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2652
2653 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2655
2656 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2657
2658
2659 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2663
2664 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2665
2666 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2667
2668 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2669
2670 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2671
2672 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2673
2674 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2675
2676 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2677 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2678
2679 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2683
2684 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2686
2687 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2688
2689 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2690 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2691
2692 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2693
2694 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2695
2696 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2697
2698 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2700
2701 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2702
2703 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2706
2707 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2708
2709 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2710
2711 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2712
2713 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2714
2715 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2716
2717 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2718
2719 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2723
2724 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2727
2728 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2730
2731 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2732
2733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2734 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2735
2736 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2737
2738 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2739
2740 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2741
2742 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2743
2744 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2745
2746 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2747
2748 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2750
2751 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2752 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2756
2757 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2758
2759 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2760 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2761
2762 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2763
2764 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2766
2767 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2768
2769 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2770
2771 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2773
2774 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2776
2777 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2778
2779 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2781
2782 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2783
2784 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2785
2786 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2791
2792 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2793
2794 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2795
2796 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2797
2798 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2799
2800 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2803
2804 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2806
2807 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2808
2809 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2810
2811 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2812
2813 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2814
2815 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2818
2819 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2820
2821 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2822
2823 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2824
2825 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2826
2827 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2829 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2830
2831 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2832 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2833
2834 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2835
2836 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2837
2838 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2839
2840 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2841
2842 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2843
2844 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2846
2847 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2849
2850 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2852
2853 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2855
2856 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2858
2859 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2860 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2861
2862 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2863
2864 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2865
2866 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2867 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2870 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2871
2872 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2873
2874 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2875
2876 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2877
2878 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2879
2880 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2881 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2882
2883 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2884
2885 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2889
2890 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2891
2892 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2893 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2894
2895 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2896
2897 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2898
2899 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2900
2901 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2903
2904 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2905
2906 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2907
2908 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2909
2910 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2912 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2913
2914 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2917
2918 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2919
2920 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2923
2924 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2925
2926 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2927
2928 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2929
2930 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2931
2932 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2933 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2934 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2936
2937 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2940
2941 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2942
2943 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2944
2945 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2946
2947 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2949
2950 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2956
2957 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2958 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2961
2962 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2964
2965 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2966
2967 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2968
2969 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2971
2972 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2973
2974 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2979
2980 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2981
2982 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2984
2985 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2988
2989 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2991
2992 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2993 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2994
2995 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2996
2997 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2998 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2999 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3001
3002 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3003
3004 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3005
3006 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3007
3008 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3009
3010 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3011
3012 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3014 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3015
3016 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3017
3018 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3019
3020 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3021
3022 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3023 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3024
3025 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3026
3027 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3028
3029 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3030
3031 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3032
3033 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3034
3035 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3041 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3042
3043 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3044
3045 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3046
3047 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3048
3049 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3050 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3051
3052 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3053
3054 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3055
3056 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3057
3058 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3059
3060 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3061
3062 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3063 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3064 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3065};
3066
3067/* source-level API compatibility */
3068#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3069#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3070#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3071#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3072#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3073#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3074
3075/*
3076 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3077 * here
3078 */
3079#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3080#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3081#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3082#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3083#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3084#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3085#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3086#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3087#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3088#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3089#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3090#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3091#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3092#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3093#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3094#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3095#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3096#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3097#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3098#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3099#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3100
3101#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3102
3103#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3104#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3105#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3106#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3107#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3108#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3109#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3110#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3111#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3112#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3113#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3114#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3115
3116#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3117
3118/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3119#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3120
3121#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3122
3123/**
3124 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3125 *
3126 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3127 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3128 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3129 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3130 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3131 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3132 * AP type interface.
3133 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3134 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3135 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3136 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3137 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3138 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3139 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3140 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3141 * commands to create and destroy one
3142 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3143 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3144 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3145 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3146 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3147 *
3148 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3149 * to set the type of an interface.
3150 *
3151 */
3152enum nl80211_iftype {
3153 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3154 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3155 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3156 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3157 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3158 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3159 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3160 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3161 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3162 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3163 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3164 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3165 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3166
3167 /* keep last */
3168 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3169 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3170};
3171
3172/**
3173 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3174 *
3175 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3176 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3177 *
3178 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3179 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3180 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3181 * with short barker preamble
3182 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3183 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3184 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3185 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3186 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3187 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3188 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3189 * as errors.)
3190 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3191 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3192 * previously added station into associated state
3193 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3194 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3195 */
3196enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3197 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3198 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3199 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3200 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3201 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3202 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3203 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3204 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3205
3206 /* keep last */
3207 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3208 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3209};
3210
3211/**
3212 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3213 *
3214 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3215 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3216 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3217 */
3218enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3219 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3220 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3221
3222 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3223};
3224
3225#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3226
3227/**
3228 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3229 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3230 * @set: which values to set them to
3231 *
3232 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3233 */
3234struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3235 __u32 mask;
3236 __u32 set;
3237} __attribute__((packed));
3238
3239/**
3240 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3241 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3242 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3243 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3244 */
3245enum nl80211_he_gi {
3246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3249};
3250
3251/**
3252 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3253 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3254 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3255 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3256 */
3257enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3258 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3259 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3260 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3261};
3262
3263/**
3264 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3265 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3266 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3267 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3268 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3269 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3270 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3271 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3272 */
3273enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3274 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3275 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3276 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3277 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3278 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3279 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3280 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3281};
3282
3283/**
3284 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3285 *
3286 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3287 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3288 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3289 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3290 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3291 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3292 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3293 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3294 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3295 *
3296 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3297 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3298 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3299 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3300 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3301 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3302 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3303 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3304 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3305 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3306 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3307 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3308 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3309 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3310 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3311 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3312 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3313 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3314 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3315 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3316 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3317 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3318 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3319 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3320 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3321 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3322 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3323 */
3324enum nl80211_rate_info {
3325 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3326 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3327 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3328 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3329 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3330 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3331 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3332 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3333 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3335 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3336 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3337 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3338 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3339 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3340 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3341 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3342 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3343
3344 /* keep last */
3345 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3346 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3347};
3348
3349/**
3350 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3351 *
3352 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3353 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3354 *
3355 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3356 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3357 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3358 * (flag)
3359 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3360 * (flag)
3361 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3362 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3363 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3364 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3365 */
3366enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3367 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3368 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3369 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3370 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3371 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3372 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3373
3374 /* keep last */
3375 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3376 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3377};
3378
3379/**
3380 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3381 *
3382 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3383 * when getting information about a station.
3384 *
3385 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3387 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3388 * (u32, from this station)
3389 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3390 * (u32, to this station)
3391 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3392 * (u64, from this station)
3393 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3394 * (u64, to this station)
3395 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3396 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3397 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3398 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3399 * (u32, from this station)
3400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3401 * (u32, to this station)
3402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3403 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3404 * (u32, to this station)
3405 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3406 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3407 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3408 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3409 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3411 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3413 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3414 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3415 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3416 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3417 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3418 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3420 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3421 * non-peer STA
3422 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3423 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3424 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3425 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3426 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3427 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3429 * (u64)
3430 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3431 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3432 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3433 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3434 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3435 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3436 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3437 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3438 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3439 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3440 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3441 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3442 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3443 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3444 * (u32, from this station)
3445 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3446 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3447 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3448 * might not be fully accurate.
3449 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3450 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3451 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3452 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3453 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3454 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3455 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3456 * of STA's association
3457 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3458 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3459 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3460 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3461 */
3462enum nl80211_sta_info {
3463 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3464 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3465 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3466 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3467 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3468 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3469 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3470 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3471 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3472 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3473 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3474 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3475 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3476 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3477 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3478 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3479 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3480 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3481 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3482 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3483 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3484 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3485 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3486 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3487 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3488 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3489 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3490 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3491 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3492 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3493 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3494 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3495 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3496 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3497 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3498 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3499 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3500 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3501 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3502 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3503 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3504 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3505 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3506 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3507
3508 /* keep last */
3509 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3510 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3511};
3512
3513/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3514#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3515
3516
3517/**
3518 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3519 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3520 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3521 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3522 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3523 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3524 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3525 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3526 * MSDUs (u64)
3527 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3528 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3529 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3530 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3531 */
3532enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3533 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3534 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3535 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3536 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3537 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3538 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3539 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3540
3541 /* keep last */
3542 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3543 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3544};
3545
3546/**
3547 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3548 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3549 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3550 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3551 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3552 * backlogged
3553 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3554 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3555 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3556 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3557 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3558 * (only for per-phy stats)
3559 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3560 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3561 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3562 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3563 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3564 */
3565enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3566 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3567 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3568 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3569 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3570 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3571 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3572 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3573 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3574 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3575 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3576 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3577 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3578
3579 /* keep last */
3580 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3581 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3582};
3583
3584/**
3585 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3586 *
3587 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3588 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3589 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3590 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3591 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3592 */
3593enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3594 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3595 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3596 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3597 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3598 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3599};
3600
3601/**
3602 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3603 *
3604 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3605 * information about a mesh path.
3606 *
3607 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3608 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3609 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3610 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3611 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3612 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3613 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3614 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3615 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3616 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3617 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3618 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3619 * currently defined
3620 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3621 */
3622enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3623 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3624 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3625 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3626 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3627 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3628 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3629 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3630 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3631 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3632 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3633
3634 /* keep last */
3635 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3636 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3637};
3638
3639/**
3640 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3641 *
3642 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3643 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3644 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3645 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3646 * capabilities IE
3647 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3648 * capabilities IE
3649 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3650 * capabilities IE
3651 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3652 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3653 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3654 * defined
3655 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3656 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3657 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3658 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3659 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3660 */
3661enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3662 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3663
3664 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3665 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3666 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3667 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3668 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3669 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3670 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3671
3672 /* keep last */
3673 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3674 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3675};
3676
3677/**
3678 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3679 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3680 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3681 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3682 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3683 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3684 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3685 * defined in 802.11n
3686 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3687 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3688 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3689 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3690 * defined in 802.11ac
3691 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3692 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3693 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3694 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3695 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3696 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3697 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3698 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3699 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3700 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3701 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3702 */
3703enum nl80211_band_attr {
3704 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3705 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3706 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3707
3708 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3709 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3710 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3711 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3712
3713 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3714 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3715 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3716
3717 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3718 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3719
3720 /* keep last */
3721 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3722 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3723};
3724
3725#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3726
3727/**
3728 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3729 *
3730 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3731 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3732 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3733 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3734 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3735 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3736 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3737 */
3738enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3739 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3740 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3741 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3742 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3743 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3744
3745 /* keep last */
3746 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3747 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3748};
3749
3750/**
3751 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3752 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3754 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3755 * regulatory domain.
3756 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3757 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3758 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3759 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3760 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3761 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3762 * (100 * dBm).
3763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3764 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3765 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3766 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3767 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3768 * channel as the control channel
3769 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3770 * channel as the control channel
3771 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3772 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3773 * this includes 80+80 channels
3774 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3775 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3776 * isn't possible
3777 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3778 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3779 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3780 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3781 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3782 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3783 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3784 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3785 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3786 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3787 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3788 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3789 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3790 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3791 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3792 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3793 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3794 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3795 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3796 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3797 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3798 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3799 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3800 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3801 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3802 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3803 * in current regulatory domain.
3804 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3805 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3806 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3807 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3808 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3809 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3810 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3811 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3812 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3813 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3814 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3815 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3816 * currently defined
3817 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3818 *
3819 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3820 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3821 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3822 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3823 */
3824enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3825 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3826 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3827 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3828 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3829 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3830 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3831 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3832 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3833 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3834 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3835 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3836 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3837 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3838 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3839 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3840 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3841 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3842 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3843 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3844 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3845 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3846 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3847 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3848 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3849 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3850 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3851
3852 /* keep last */
3853 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3854 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3855};
3856
3857#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3858#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3859#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3860#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3861#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3862 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3863
3864/**
3865 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3866 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3867 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3868 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3869 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3870 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3871 * currently defined
3872 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3873 */
3874enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3875 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3876 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3877 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3878
3879 /* keep last */
3880 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3881 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3882};
3883
3884/**
3885 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3886 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3887 * regulatory domain.
3888 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3889 * regulatory domain.
3890 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3891 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3892 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3893 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3894 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3895 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3896 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3897 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3898 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3899 */
3900enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3901 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3902 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3903 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3904 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3905};
3906
3907/**
3908 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3909 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3910 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3911 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3912 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3913 * domain.
3914 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3915 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3916 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3917 * them to be applied.
3918 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3919 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3920 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3921 * domain request to be processed.
3922 */
3923enum nl80211_reg_type {
3924 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3925 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3926 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3927 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3928};
3929
3930/**
3931 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3932 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3933 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3934 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3935 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3936 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3937 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3938 * band edge.
3939 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3940 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3941 * band edge.
3942 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3943 * frequency range, in KHz.
3944 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3945 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3946 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3947 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3948 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3949 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3950 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3951 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3952 * currently defined
3953 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3954 */
3955enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3956 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3957 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3958
3959 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3960 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3961 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3962
3963 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3964 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3965
3966 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3967
3968 /* keep last */
3969 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3970 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3971};
3972
3973/**
3974 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3975 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3976 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3977 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3978 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3979 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3980 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3981 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3982 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3983 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3984 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3985 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3986 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3987 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3988 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3989 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3990 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3991 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3992 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3993 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3994 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3995 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3996 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3997 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3998 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3999 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4000 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4001 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4002 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4003 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4004 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4005 * attribute number currently defined
4006 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4007 */
4008enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4009 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4010
4011 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4012 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4013 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4014 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4015 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4016 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4017
4018 /* keep last */
4019 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4020 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4021 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4022};
4023
4024/* only for backward compatibility */
4025#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4026
4027/**
4028 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4029 *
4030 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4031 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4032 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4033 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4034 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4035 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4036 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4037 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4038 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4039 * beaconing.
4040 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4041 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4042 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4043 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4044 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4045 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4046 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4047 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4048 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4049 */
4050enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4051 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4052 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4053 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4054 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4055 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4056 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4057 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4058 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4059 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4060 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4061 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4062 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4063 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4064 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4065 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4066 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4067};
4068
4069#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4070#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4071#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4072#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4073 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4074#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4075
4076/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4077#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4078
4079/**
4080 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4081 *
4082 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4083 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4084 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4085 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4086 */
4087enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4088 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4089 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4090 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4091 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4092};
4093
4094/**
4095 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4096 *
4097 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4098 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4099 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4100 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4101 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4102 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4103 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4104 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4105 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4106 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4107 * supported feature.
4108 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4109 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4110 */
4111enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4112 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4113 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4114 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4115};
4116
4117/**
4118 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4119 *
4120 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4121 * when getting information about a survey.
4122 *
4123 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4124 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4125 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4126 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4127 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4128 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4129 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4130 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4131 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4132 * channel was sensed busy
4133 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4134 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4135 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4136 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4137 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4138 * (on this channel or globally)
4139 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4140 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4141 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4142 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4143 * currently defined
4144 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4145 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4146 */
4147enum nl80211_survey_info {
4148 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4149 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4150 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4151 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4152 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4153 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4154 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4155 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4156 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4157 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4158 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4159 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4160 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4161
4162 /* keep last */
4163 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4164 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4165};
4166
4167/* keep old names for compatibility */
4168#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4169#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4170#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4171#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4172#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4173
4174/**
4175 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4176 *
4177 * Monitor configuration flags.
4178 *
4179 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4180 *
4181 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4182 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4183 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4184 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4185 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4186 * overrides all other flags.
4187 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4188 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4189 *
4190 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4191 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4192 */
4193enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4194 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4195 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4196 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4197 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4198 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4199 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4200 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4201
4202 /* keep last */
4203 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4204 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4205};
4206
4207/**
4208 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4209 *
4210 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4211 * not known or has not been set yet.
4212 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4213 * in Awake state all the time.
4214 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4215 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4216 * neighbor's beacons.
4217 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4218 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4219 * for neighbor's beacons.
4220 *
4221 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4222 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4223 */
4224
4225enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4226 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4227 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4228 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4229 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4230
4231 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4232 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4233};
4234
4235/**
4236 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4237 *
4238 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4239 * active.
4240 *
4241 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4242 *
4243 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4244 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4245 *
4246 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4247 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4248 *
4249 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4250 * millisecond units
4251 *
4252 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4253 * on this mesh interface
4254 *
4255 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4256 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4257 * mesh
4258 *
4259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4260 * point.
4261 *
4262 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4263 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4264 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4265 * set.
4266 *
4267 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4268 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4269 * target)
4270 *
4271 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4272 * (in milliseconds)
4273 *
4274 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4275 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4276 *
4277 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4278 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4279 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4280 *
4281 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4282 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4283 * reference element
4284 *
4285 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4286 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4287 * mesh
4288 *
4289 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4290 *
4291 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4292 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4293 *
4294 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4295 * root announcements are transmitted.
4296 *
4297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4298 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4299 * Announcement frames.
4300 *
4301 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4302 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4303 * PERR element.
4304 *
4305 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4306 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4307 *
4308 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4309 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4310 * a peer link.
4311 *
4312 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4313 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4314 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4315 *
4316 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4317 *
4318 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4319 *
4320 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4321 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4322 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4323 *
4324 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4325 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4326 *
4327 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4328 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4329 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4330 *
4331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4332 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4333 *
4334 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4335 *
4336 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4337 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4338 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4339 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4340 *
4341 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4342 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4343 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4344 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4345 *
4346 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4347 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4348 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4349 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4350 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4351 *
4352 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4353 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4354 * in the mesh formation field.
4355 *
4356 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4357 */
4358enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4359 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4360 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4361 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4362 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4363 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4364 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4365 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4366 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4367 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4368 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4369 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4370 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4371 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4372 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4373 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4374 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4375 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4376 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4377 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4378 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4379 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4380 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4381 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4382 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4383 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4384 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4385 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4386 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4387 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4388 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4389 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4390 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4391
4392 /* keep last */
4393 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4394 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4395};
4396
4397/**
4398 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4399 *
4400 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4401 * changed while the mesh is active.
4402 *
4403 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4404 *
4405 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4406 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4407 * default HWMP.
4408 *
4409 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4410 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4411 * metric.
4412 *
4413 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4414 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4415 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4416 * metrics in use.
4417 *
4418 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4419 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4420 *
4421 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4422 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4423 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4424 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4425 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4426 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4427 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4428 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4429 * userspace daemon.
4430 *
4431 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4432 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4433 * neighbor offset synchronization
4434 *
4435 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4436 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4437 *
4438 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4439 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4440 * Default is no authentication method required.
4441 *
4442 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4443 *
4444 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4445 */
4446enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4447 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4448 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4449 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4450 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4451 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4452 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4453 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4454 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4455 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4456
4457 /* keep last */
4458 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4459 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4460};
4461
4462/**
4463 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4464 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4465 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4466 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4467 * disabled
4468 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4469 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4470 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4471 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4472 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4473 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4474 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4475 */
4476enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4477 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4478 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4479 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4480 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4481 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4482 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4483
4484 /* keep last */
4485 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4486 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4487};
4488
4489enum nl80211_ac {
4490 NL80211_AC_VO,
4491 NL80211_AC_VI,
4492 NL80211_AC_BE,
4493 NL80211_AC_BK,
4494 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4495};
4496
4497/* backward compat */
4498#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4499#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4500#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4501#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4502#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4503
4504/**
4505 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4506 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4507 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4508 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4509 * below the control channel
4510 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4511 * above the control channel
4512 */
4513enum nl80211_channel_type {
4514 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4515 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4516 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4517 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4518};
4519
4520/**
4521 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4522 *
4523 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4524 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4525 *
4526 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4527 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4528 *
4529 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4530 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4531 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4532 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4533 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4534 */
4535enum nl80211_key_mode {
4536 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4537 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4538 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4539};
4540
4541/**
4542 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4543 *
4544 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4545 * attribute.
4546 *
4547 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4548 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4549 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4550 * attribute must be provided as well
4551 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4552 * attribute must be provided as well
4553 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4554 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4555 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4556 * attribute must be provided as well
4557 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4558 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4559 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4560 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4561 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4562 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4563 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4564 */
4565enum nl80211_chan_width {
4566 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4567 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4568 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4569 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4570 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4571 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4572 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4573 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4574 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4575 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4576 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4577 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4578 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4579};
4580
4581/**
4582 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4583 *
4584 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4585 *
4586 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4587 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4588 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4589 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4590 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4591 */
4592enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4593 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4594 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4595 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4596 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4597 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4598};
4599
4600/**
4601 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4602 *
4603 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4604 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4605 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4606 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4607 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4608 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4609 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4610 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4611 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4612 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4613 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4614 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4615 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4616 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4617 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4618 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4619 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4620 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4621 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4622 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4623 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4624 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4625 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4626 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4627 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4628 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4629 * yet been received
4630 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4631 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4632 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4633 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4634 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4635 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4636 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4637 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4638 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4639 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4640 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4641 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4642 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4643 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4644 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4645 * is set.
4646 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4647 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4648 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4649 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4650 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4651 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4652 */
4653enum nl80211_bss {
4654 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4655 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4656 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4657 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4658 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4659 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4660 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4661 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4662 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4663 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4664 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4665 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4666 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4667 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4668 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4669 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4670 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4671 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4672 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4673 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4674 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4675
4676 /* keep last */
4677 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4678 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4679};
4680
4681/**
4682 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4683 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4684 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4685 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4686 * a given BSS.
4687 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4688 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4689 *
4690 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4691 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4692 */
4693enum nl80211_bss_status {
4694 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4695 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4696 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4697};
4698
4699/**
4700 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4701 *
4702 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4703 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4704 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4705 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4706 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4707 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4708 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4709 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4710 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4711 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4712 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4713 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4714 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4715 */
4716enum nl80211_auth_type {
4717 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4718 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4719 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4720 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4721 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4722 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4723 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4724 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4725
4726 /* keep last */
4727 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4728 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4729 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4730};
4731
4732/**
4733 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4734 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4735 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4736 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4737 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4738 */
4739enum nl80211_key_type {
4740 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4741 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4742 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4743
4744 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4745};
4746
4747/**
4748 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4749 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4750 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4751 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4752 */
4753enum nl80211_mfp {
4754 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4755 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4756 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4757};
4758
4759enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4760 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4761 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4762 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4763};
4764
4765/**
4766 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4767 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4768 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4769 * unicast key
4770 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4771 * multicast key
4772 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4773 */
4774enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4775 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4776 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4777 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4778
4779 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4780};
4781
4782/**
4783 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4784 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4785 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4786 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4787 * keys
4788 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4789 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4790 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4791 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4792 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4793 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4794 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4795 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4796 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4797 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4798 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4799 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4800 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4801 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4802 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4803 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4804 *
4805 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4806 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4807 */
4808enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4809 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4810 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4811 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4812 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4813 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4814 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4815 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4816 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4817 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4818 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4819 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4820
4821 /* keep last */
4822 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4823 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4824};
4825
4826/**
4827 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4828 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4829 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4830 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4831 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4832 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4833 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4834 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4835 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4836 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4837 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4838 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4839 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4840 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4841 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4842 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4843 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4844 */
4845enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4846 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4847 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4848 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4849 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4850 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4851 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4852 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4853 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4854
4855 /* keep last */
4856 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4857 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4858};
4859
4860#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4861#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4862
4863/**
4864 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4865 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4866 */
4867struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4868 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4869};
4870
4871#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
4872/**
4873 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4874 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4875 */
4876struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4877 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4878};
4879
4880enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4881 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4882 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4883 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4884};
4885
4886/**
4887 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4888 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4889 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4890 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4891 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4892 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4893 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4894 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4895 */
4896enum nl80211_band {
4897 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4898 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4899 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4900 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4901 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4902
4903 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4904};
4905
4906/**
4907 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4908 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4909 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4910 */
4911enum nl80211_ps_state {
4912 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4913 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4914};
4915
4916/**
4917 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4918 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4919 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4920 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4921 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4922 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4923 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4924 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4925 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4926 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4927 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4928 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4929 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4930 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4931 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4932 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4933 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4934 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4935 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4936 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4937 * checked.
4938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4939 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4940 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4941 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4942 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4943 * loss event
4944 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4945 * RSSI threshold event.
4946 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4947 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4948 */
4949enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4950 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4951 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4952 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4953 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4954 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4955 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4956 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4957 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4958 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4959 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4960
4961 /* keep last */
4962 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4963 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4964};
4965
4966/**
4967 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4968 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4969 * configured threshold
4970 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4971 * configured threshold
4972 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4973 */
4974enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4975 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4976 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4977 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4978};
4979
4980
4981/**
4982 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4983 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4984 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4985 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4986 */
4987enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4988 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4989 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4990 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4991};
4992
4993/**
4994 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
4995 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
4996 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
4997 */
4998enum nl80211_tid_config {
4999 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5000 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5001};
5002
5003/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5004 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5005 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5006 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5007 */
5008enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5009 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5010 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5011 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5012};
5013
5014/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5015 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5016 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5017 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5018 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5019 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5020 * per peer instead.
5021 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5022 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5023 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5024 * should be left untouched.
5025 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5026 * Its type is u16.
5027 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5028 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5029 * Its type is u8.
5030 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5031 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5032 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5033 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5034 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5035 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5036 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5037 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5038 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5039 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5040 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5041 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5042 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5043 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5044 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5045 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5046 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5047 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5048 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5049 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5050 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5051 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5052 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5053 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5054 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5055 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5056 * station.
5057 */
5058enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5059 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5060 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5061 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5062 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5063 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5064 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5065 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5066 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5067 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5068 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5069 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5070 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5071 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5072 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5073
5074 /* keep last */
5075 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5076 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5077};
5078
5079/**
5080 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5081 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5082 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5083 * a zero bit are ignored
5084 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5085 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5086 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5087 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5088 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5089 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5090 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5091 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5092 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5093 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5094 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5095 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5096 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5097 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5098 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5099 */
5100enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5101 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5102 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5103 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5104 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5105
5106 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5107 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5108};
5109
5110/**
5111 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5112 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5113 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5114 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5115 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5116 *
5117 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5118 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5119 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5120 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5121 * by the kernel to userspace.
5122 */
5123struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5124 __u32 max_patterns;
5125 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5126 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5127 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5128} __attribute__((packed));
5129
5130/* only for backward compatibility */
5131#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5132#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5133#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5134#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5135#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5136#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5137#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5138
5139/**
5140 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5141 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5142 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5143 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5144 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5145 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5146 * any others are even supported by the device.
5147 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5148 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5149 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5150 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5151 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5152 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5153 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5154 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5155 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5156 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5157 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5158 *
5159 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5160 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5161 *
5162 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5163 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5164 * to the kernel when configuring.
5165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5166 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5167 * by the device (flag)
5168 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5169 * done by the device) (flag)
5170 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5171 * packet (flag)
5172 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5173 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5174 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5175 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5176 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5177 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5178 * attribute contains the original length.
5179 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5180 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5181 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5183 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5184 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5185 * contains the original length.
5186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5187 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5188 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5190 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5191 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5192 * the TCP connection.
5193 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5194 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5195 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5196 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5197 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5198 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5199 * service
5200 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5201 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5202 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5203 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5204 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5205 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5206 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5207 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5208 * supported by the driver (u32).
5209 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5210 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5211 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5212 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5213 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5214 * occurred.
5215 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5216 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5217 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5218 * these attributes must be present. If
5219 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5220 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5221 * channel.
5222 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5223 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5224 *
5225 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5226 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5227 */
5228enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5229 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5230 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5231 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5232 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5233 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5234 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5235 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5236 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5237 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5238 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5243 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5244 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5245 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5247 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5248 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5249
5250 /* keep last */
5251 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5252 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5253};
5254
5255/**
5256 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5257 *
5258 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5259 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5260 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5261 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5262 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5263 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5264 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5265 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5266 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5267 *
5268 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5269 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5270 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5271 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5272 * also woken up.
5273 *
5274 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5275 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5276 */
5277
5278/**
5279 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5280 * @start: starting value
5281 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5282 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5283 *
5284 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5285 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5286 * in little endian.
5287 */
5288struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5289 __u32 start, offset, len;
5290};
5291
5292/**
5293 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5294 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5295 * @len: length of each token
5296 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5297 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5298 */
5299struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5300 __u32 offset, len;
5301 __u8 token_stream[];
5302};
5303
5304/**
5305 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5306 * @min_len: minimum token length
5307 * @max_len: maximum token length
5308 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5309 */
5310struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5311 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5312};
5313
5314/**
5315 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5316 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5317 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5318 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5319 * (in network byte order)
5320 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5321 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5322 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5323 * might require ARP querying.
5324 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5325 * socket and port will be allocated
5326 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5327 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5328 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5329 * of the data payload.
5330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5331 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5332 * advertising it is just a flag
5333 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5334 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5335 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5336 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5337 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5338 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5339 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5341 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5342 * but on the TCP payload only.
5343 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5344 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5345 */
5346enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5347 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5349 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5350 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5351 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5352 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5353 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5354 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5355 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5356 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5357 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5358 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5359
5360 /* keep last */
5361 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5362 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5363};
5364
5365/**
5366 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5367 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5368 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5369 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5370 *
5371 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5372 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5373 */
5374struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5375 __u32 max_rules;
5376 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5377 __u32 max_delay;
5378} __attribute__((packed));
5379
5380/**
5381 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5382 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5383 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5384 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5385 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5386 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5387 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5388 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5389 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5390 */
5391enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5392 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5393 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5394 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5395 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5396
5397 /* keep last */
5398 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5399 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5400};
5401
5402/**
5403 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5404 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5405 * in a rule are matched.
5406 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5407 * in a rule are not matched.
5408 */
5409enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5410 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5411 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5412};
5413
5414/**
5415 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5416 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5417 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5418 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5419 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5420 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5421 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5422 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5423 */
5424enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5425 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5426 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5427 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5428
5429 /* keep last */
5430 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5431 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5432};
5433
5434/**
5435 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5436 *
5437 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5438 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5439 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5440 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5441 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5442 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5443 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5444 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5445 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5446 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5447 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5448 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5449 * different channels may be used within this group.
5450 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5451 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5452 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5453 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5454 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5455 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5456 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5457 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5458 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5459 *
5460 * Examples:
5461 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5462 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5463 *
5464 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5465 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5466 *
5467 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5468 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5469 *
5470 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5471 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5472 *
5473 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5474 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5475 * that any of these groups must match.
5476 *
5477 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5478 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5479 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5480 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5481 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5482 */
5483enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5484 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5485 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5486 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5487 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5488 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5489 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5490 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5491 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5492
5493 /* keep last */
5494 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5495 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5496};
5497
5498
5499/**
5500 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5501 *
5502 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5503 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5504 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5505 * this mesh peer
5506 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5507 * from this mesh peer
5508 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5509 * received from this mesh peer
5510 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5511 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5512 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5513 * plink are discarded
5514 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5515 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5516 */
5517enum nl80211_plink_state {
5518 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5519 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5520 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5521 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5522 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5523 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5524 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5525
5526 /* keep last */
5527 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5528 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5529};
5530
5531/**
5532 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5533 *
5534 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5535 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5536 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5537 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5538 */
5539enum plink_actions {
5540 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5541 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5542 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5543
5544 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5545};
5546
5547
5548#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5549#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5550#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5551#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5552#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5553
5554/**
5555 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5556 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5557 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5558 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5559 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5560 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5561 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5562 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5563 */
5564enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5565 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5566 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5567 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5568 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5569 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5570
5571 /* keep last */
5572 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5573 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5574};
5575
5576/**
5577 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5578 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5579 * Beacon frames)
5580 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5581 * in Beacon frames
5582 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5583 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5584 */
5585enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5586 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5587 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5588 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5589};
5590
5591/**
5592 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5593 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5594 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5595 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5596 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5597 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5598 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5599 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5600 */
5601enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5602 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5603 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5604 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5605
5606 /* keep last */
5607 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5608 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5609};
5610
5611/**
5612 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5613 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5614 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5615 * priority)
5616 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5617 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5618 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5619 * (internal)
5620 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5621 * (internal)
5622 */
5623enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5624 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5625 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5626 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5627 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5628
5629 /* keep last */
5630 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5631 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5632};
5633
5634/**
5635 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5636 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5637 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5638 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5639 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5640 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5641 */
5642enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5643 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5644 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5645 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5646 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5647 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5648};
5649
5650/*
5651 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5652 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5653 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5654enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5655};
5656 */
5657
5658/**
5659 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5660 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5661 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5662 * socket option.
5663 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5664 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5665 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5666 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5667 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5668 * cellular base stations.
5669 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5670 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5671 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5672 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5673 * mode
5674 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5677 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5679 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5680 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5682 * setting
5683 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5684 * powersave
5685 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5686 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5687 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5688 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5689 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5690 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5691 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5692 * states using station flags.
5693 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5694 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5695 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5697 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5699 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5700 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5701 * still generated by the driver.
5702 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5703 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5704 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5705 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5706 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5707 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5708 * lifetime of a BSS.
5709 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5710 * Set IE to probe requests.
5711 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5712 * to probe requests.
5713 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5714 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5715 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5716 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5717 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5718 * Measurement Report action frame.
5719 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5720 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5721 * to enable dynack.
5722 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5723 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5724 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5725 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5726 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5727 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5728 * rts/cts handshake.
5729 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5730 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5731 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5732 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5733 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5734 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5735 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5736 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5737 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5738 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5739 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5740 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5741 * address mask/value will be used.
5742 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5743 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5744 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5745 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5746 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5747 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5748 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5749 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5750 */
5751enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5752 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5753 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5754 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5755 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5756 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5757 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5758 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5759 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5760 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5761 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5762 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5763 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5764 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5765 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5766 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5767 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5768 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5769 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5770 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5771 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5772 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5773 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5774 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5775 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5776 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5777 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5778 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5779 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5780 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5781 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5782 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5783 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5784};
5785
5786/**
5787 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5788 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5790 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5791 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5792 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5793 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5794 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5795 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5796 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5797 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5798 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5799 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5801 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5802 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5803 * (if available).
5804 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5805 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5806 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5807 * (if available).
5808 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5809 * channel dwell time.
5810 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5811 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5812 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5813 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5814 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5815 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5817 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5818 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5819 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5820 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5821 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5823 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5824 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5826 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5827 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5828 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5829 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5830 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5831 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5832 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5834 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5835 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5836 * be supported.
5837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5838 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5839 * actual dwell time.
5840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5841 * response
5842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5843 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5844 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5845 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5846 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5847 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5849 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5851 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5852 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5853 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5854 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5855 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5856 * "radar detected" event.
5857 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5858 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5860 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5862 * TXQs.
5863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5864 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5865 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5866 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5867 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5868 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5869 * timing measurement responder role.
5870 *
5871 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5872 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5873 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5874 * freeze the connection.
5875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5876 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5877 *
5878 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5879 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5880 * scheduling.
5881 *
5882 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5883 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5884 *
5885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5886 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5887 *
5888 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5889 * to a station.
5890 *
5891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5892 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5893 *
5894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5895 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5896 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5897 *
5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5899 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5900 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5901 *
5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5903 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5905 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5906 *
5907 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5908 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5909 * handled as ordinary data frames.
5910 *
5911 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5912 *
5913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5914 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5915 *
5916 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5917 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5918 *
5919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5920 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5921 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5922 * included in the scan request.
5923 *
5924 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5925 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5926 *
5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5928 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5929 *
5930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5931 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5932 * command).
5933 *
5934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5935 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5936 *
5937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
5938 * frames transmission
5939 *
5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
5941 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
5942 *
5943 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
5944 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
5945 *
5946 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
5947 * exchange protocol.
5948 *
5949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
5950 * exchange protocol.
5951 *
5952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
5953 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
5954 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
5955 *
5956 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5957 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5958 */
5959enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5963 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5971 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5972 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5973 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5974 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5975 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5976 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5977 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5978 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5979 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5980 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5981 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5982 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5983 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5984 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5985 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5986 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5987 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5988 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5989 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5990 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5991 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5992 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5993 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5994 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5995 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5996 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5997 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5998 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5999 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6000 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6001 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6002 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6003 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6004 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6005 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6006 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6007 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6008 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6009 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6010 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6011 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6012 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6013 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6014 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6015 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6016 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6017 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6018 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6019 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6020
6021 /* add new features before the definition below */
6022 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6023 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6024};
6025
6026/**
6027 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6028 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6029 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6030 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6031 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6032 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6033 * to the host.
6034 *
6035 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6036 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6037 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6038 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6039 */
6040enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6041 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6042 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6043 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6044 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6045};
6046
6047/**
6048 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6049 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6050 * handled by the AP is reached.
6051 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6052 */
6053enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6054 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6055 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6056};
6057
6058/**
6059 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6060 *
6061 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6062 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6063 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6064 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6065 */
6066enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6067 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6068 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6069 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6070 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6071};
6072
6073/**
6074 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6075 *
6076 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6077 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6078 * requests.
6079 *
6080 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6081 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6082 * one of them can be used in the request.
6083 *
6084 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6085 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6086 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6087 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6088 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6089 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6090 * when really needed
6091 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6092 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6093 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6094 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6095 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6096 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6097 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6098 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6099 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6100 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6101 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6102 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6103 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6104 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6105 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6106 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6107 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6108 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6109 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6110 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6111 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6112 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6113 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6114 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6115 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6116 * impacted with this flag.
6117 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6118 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6119 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6120 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6121 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6122 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6123 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6124 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6125 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6126 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6127 * possible.
6128 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6129 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6130 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6131 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6132 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6133 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6134 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6135 * 2.4/5 GHz APs
6136 */
6137enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6138 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6139 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6140 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6141 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6142 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6143 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6144 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6145 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6146 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6147 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6148 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6149 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6150 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6151 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6152 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6153};
6154
6155/**
6156 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6157 *
6158 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6159 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6160 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6161 *
6162 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6163 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6164 * in ACL to authenticate.
6165 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6166 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6167 */
6168enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6169 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6170 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6171};
6172
6173/**
6174 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6175 *
6176 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6177 *
6178 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6179 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6180 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6181 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6182 */
6183enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6184 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6185 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6186 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6187
6188 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6189 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6190};
6191
6192/**
6193 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6194 *
6195 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6196 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6197 *
6198 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6199 * now unusable.
6200 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6201 * the channel is now available.
6202 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6203 * change to the channel status.
6204 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6205 * over, channel becomes usable.
6206 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6207 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6208 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6209 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6210 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6211 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6212 */
6213enum nl80211_radar_event {
6214 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6215 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6216 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6217 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6218 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6219 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6220};
6221
6222/**
6223 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6224 *
6225 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6226 *
6227 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6228 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6229 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6230 * is therefore marked as not available.
6231 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6232 */
6233enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6234 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6235 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6236 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6237};
6238
6239/**
6240 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6241 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6242 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6243 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6244 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6245 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6246 */
6247enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6248 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6249};
6250
6251/**
6252 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6253 *
6254 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6255 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6256 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6257 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6258 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6259 */
6260enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6261 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6262 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6263 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6264 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6265 /* add other protocols before this one */
6266 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6267};
6268
6269/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6270#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6271
6272/**
6273 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6274 *
6275 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6276 *
6277 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6278 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6279 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6280 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6281 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6282 */
6283enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6284 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6285 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6286};
6287
6288/*
6289 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6290 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6291 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6292 */
6293#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6294
6295/**
6296 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6297 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6298 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6299 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6300 * added to this file when needed.
6301 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6302 */
6303struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6304 __u32 vendor_id;
6305 __u32 subcmd;
6306};
6307
6308/**
6309 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6310 *
6311 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6312 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6313 *
6314 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6315 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6316 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6317 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6318 */
6319enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6320 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6321 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6322 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6323 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6324};
6325
6326/**
6327 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6328 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6329 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6330 * seconds (u32).
6331 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6332 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6333 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6334 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6335 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6336 * currently defined
6337 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6338 */
6339enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6340 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6341 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6342 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6343
6344 /* keep last */
6345 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6346 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6347 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6348};
6349
6350/**
6351 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6352 *
6353 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6354 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6355 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6356 */
6357struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6358 __u8 band;
6359 __s8 delta;
6360} __attribute__((packed));
6361
6362/**
6363 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6364 *
6365 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6366 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6367 * is requested.
6368 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6369 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6370 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6371 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6372 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6373 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6374 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6375 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6376 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6377 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6378 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6379 *
6380 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6381 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6382 * which the driver shall use.
6383 */
6384enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6385 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6386 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6387 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6388 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6389
6390 /* keep last */
6391 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6392 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6393};
6394
6395/**
6396 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6397 *
6398 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6399 *
6400 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6401 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6402 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6403 */
6404enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6405 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6406 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6407 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6408
6409 /* keep last */
6410 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6411 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6412};
6413
6414/**
6415 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6416 *
6417 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6418 *
6419 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6420 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6421 */
6422enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6423 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6424 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6425};
6426
6427/**
6428 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6429 *
6430 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6431 *
6432 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6433 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6434 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6435 */
6436enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6437 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6438 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6439 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6440};
6441
6442#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6443#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6444#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6445
6446/**
6447 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6448 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6449 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6450 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6451 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6452 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6453 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6454 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6455 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6456 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6457 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6458 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6459 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6460 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6461 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6462 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6463 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6464 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6466 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6467 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6468 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6469 * This is a flag.
6470 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6471 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6472 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6473 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6474 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6475 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6476 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6477 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6478 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6479 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6480 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6481 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6482 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6483 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6484 *
6485 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6486 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6487 */
6488enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6489 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6490 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6491 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6492 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6493 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6494 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6495 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6496 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6497 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6498 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6499 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6500 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6501 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6502 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6503 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6504 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6505 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6506
6507 /* keep last */
6508 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6509 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6510};
6511
6512/**
6513 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6514 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6515 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6516 * This is a flag.
6517 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6518 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6519 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6520 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6521 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6522 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6523 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6524 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6525 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6526 */
6527enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6528 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6529 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6530 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6531 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6532 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6533
6534 /* keep last */
6535 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6536 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6537};
6538
6539/**
6540 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6541 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6542 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6543 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6544 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6545 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6546 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6547 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6548 *
6549 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6550 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6551 */
6552enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6553 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6554 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6555 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6556
6557 /* keep last */
6558 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6559 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6560};
6561
6562/**
6563 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6564 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6565 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6566 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6567 */
6568enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6569 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6570 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6571};
6572
6573/**
6574 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6575 * responder attributes
6576 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6577 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6578 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6579 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6580 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6581 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6582 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6583 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6584 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6585 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6586 */
6587enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6588 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6589
6590 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6591 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6592 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6593
6594 /* keep last */
6595 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6596 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6597};
6598
6599/*
6600 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6601 *
6602 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6603 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6604 *
6605 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6606 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6607 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6608 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6609 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6610 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6611 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6612 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6613 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6614 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6615 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6616 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6617 * phase with the responder (u32)
6618 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6619 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6620 * FTM slot (u32)
6621 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6622 * scheduled window (u32)
6623 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6624 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6625 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6626 */
6627enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6628 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6629 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6630 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6631 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6632 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6633 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6634 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6635 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6636 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6637 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6638 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6639
6640 /* keep last */
6641 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6642 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6643};
6644
6645/**
6646 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6647 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6648 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6649 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6650 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6651 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6652 */
6653enum nl80211_preamble {
6654 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6655 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6656 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6657 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6658 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6659};
6660
6661/**
6662 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6664 * these numbers also for attributes
6665 *
6666 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6667 *
6668 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6669 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6670 */
6671enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6672 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6673
6674 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6675
6676 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6677 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6678};
6679
6680/**
6681 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6682 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6683 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6684 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6685 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6686 * reason may be available in the response data
6687 */
6688enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6689 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6690 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6691 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6692 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6693};
6694
6695/**
6696 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6697 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6698 *
6699 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6700 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6701 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6702 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6703 * (flag attribute)
6704 *
6705 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6706 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6707 */
6708enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6709 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6710
6711 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6712 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6713
6714 /* keep last */
6715 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6716 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6717};
6718
6719/**
6720 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6721 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6722 *
6723 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6724 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6725 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6726 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6727 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6728 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6729 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6730 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6731 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6732 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6733 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6734 * (u64, usec)
6735 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6736 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6737 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6738 * result.
6739 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6740 *
6741 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6742 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6743 */
6744enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6745 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6746
6747 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6748 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6749 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6750 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6751 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6752 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6753
6754 /* keep last */
6755 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6756 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6757};
6758
6759/**
6760 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6761 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6762 *
6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6764 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6765 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6767 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6768 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6770 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6771 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6772 *
6773 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6774 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6775 */
6776enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6777 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6778
6779 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6780 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6781 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6782 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6783
6784 /* keep last */
6785 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6786 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6787};
6788
6789/**
6790 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6791 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6792 *
6793 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6794 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6795 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6796 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6797 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6798 * measurement results
6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6800 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6801 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6802 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6803 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6804 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6805 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6806 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6807 * sub-attributes taken from
6808 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6809 *
6810 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6811 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6812 */
6813enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6814 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6815
6816 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6817 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6818 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6819 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6820 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6821
6822 /* keep last */
6823 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6824 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6825};
6826
6827/**
6828 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6829 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6830 *
6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6832 * is supported
6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6834 * mode is supported
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6836 * data can be requested during the measurement
6837 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6838 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6840 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6841 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6842 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6843 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6844 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6845 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6846 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6847 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6848 * is valid)
6849 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6850 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6851 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6852 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6853 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6854 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6855 *
6856 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6857 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6858 */
6859enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6860 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6861
6862 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6863 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6864 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6865 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6866 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6867 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6868 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6869 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6870 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6871 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6872
6873 /* keep last */
6874 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6875 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6876};
6877
6878/**
6879 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6880 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6881 *
6882 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6883 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6884 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6885 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6886 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6887 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6888 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6889 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6890 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6891 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6892 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6894 * requested per burst
6895 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6897 * (u8, default 3)
6898 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6899 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6900 * (flag)
6901 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6902 * measurement (flag).
6903 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6904 * mutually exclusive.
6905 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6906 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6907 * ranging will be used.
6908 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6909 * ranging measurement (flag)
6910 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6911 * mutually exclusive.
6912 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6913 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6914 * ranging will be used.
6915 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
6916 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
6917 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6918 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
6919 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
6920 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6921 *
6922 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6923 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6924 */
6925enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6926 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6927
6928 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6929 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6930 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6931 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6932 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6933 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6934 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6935 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6936 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6937 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6938 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6939 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
6940 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
6941
6942 /* keep last */
6943 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6944 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6945};
6946
6947/**
6948 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6950 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6952 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6953 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6954 * try and get no response)
6955 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6956 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6957 * received
6958 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6959 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6960 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6961 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6962 */
6963enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6967 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6968 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6969 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6970 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6971 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6972};
6973
6974/**
6975 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6976 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6977 *
6978 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6979 * (u32, optional)
6980 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6981 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6982 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6984 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6985 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6986 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6987 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6988 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6989 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6990 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6991 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6992 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6994 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6995 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6996 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6997 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6998 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6999 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7000 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7001 * attributes)
7002 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7003 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7004 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7005 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7006 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7007 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7009 * optional)
7010 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7011 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7012 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7013 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7014 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7015 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7016 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7017 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7018 * Type 8.
7019 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7020 * (binary, optional);
7021 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7022 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7023 * Type 11.
7024 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7025 *
7026 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7028 */
7029enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7030 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7031
7032 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7033 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7034 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7035 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7036 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7037 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7038 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7039 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7040 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7041 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7042 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7043 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7044 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7045 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7046 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7047 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7048 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7049 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7050 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7051 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7052 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7053
7054 /* keep last */
7055 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7056 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7057};
7058
7059/**
7060 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7061 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7062 *
7063 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7064 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7065 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7066 * tx power offset.
7067 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7068 * values used by members of the SRG.
7069 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7070 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7071 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7072 *
7073 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7074 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7075 */
7076enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7077 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7078
7079 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7080 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7081 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7082 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7083 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7084 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7085
7086 /* keep last */
7087 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7088 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7089};
7090
7091/**
7092 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7093 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7094 *
7095 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7096 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7097 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7098 *
7099 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7100 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7101 */
7102enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7103 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7104
7105 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7106 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7107 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7108
7109 /* keep last */
7110 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7111 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7112};
7113
7114/**
7115 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7116 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7117 *
7118 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7119 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7120 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7121 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7122 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7123 *
7124 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7125 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7126 */
7127enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7128 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7129
7130 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7131 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7132
7133 /* keep last */
7134 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7135 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7136};
7137
7138/**
7139 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7140 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7141 *
7142 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7143 *
7144 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7145 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7146 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7147 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7148 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7149 * frame including the headers.
7150 *
7151 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7152 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7153 */
7154enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7155 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7156
7157 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7158 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7159 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7160
7161 /* keep last */
7162 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7163 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7164};
7165
7166/*
7167 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7168 * mandatory fields.
7169 */
7170#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7171
7172/**
7173 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7174 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7175 *
7176 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7177 *
7178 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7179 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7180 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7181 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7182 * frame template (binary).
7183 *
7184 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7185 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7186 */
7187enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7188 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7189
7190 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7191 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7192
7193 /* keep last */
7194 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7195 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7196 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7197};
7198
7199/**
7200 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7201 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7202 * used.
7203 *
7204 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7205 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7206 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7207 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7208 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7209 * can be used.
7210 */
7211enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7212 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7213 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7214 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7215 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7216};
7217
7218/**
7219 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7220 *
7221 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7222 *
7223 */
7224enum nl80211_sar_type {
7225 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7226
7227 /* add new type here */
7228
7229 /* Keep last */
7230 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7231};
7232
7233/**
7234 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7235 *
7236 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7237 *
7238 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7239 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7240 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7241 *
7242 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7243 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7244 *
7245 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7246 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7247 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7248 *
7249 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7250 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7251 *
7252 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7253 */
7254enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7255 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7256
7257 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7258 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7259
7260 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7261 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7262};
7263
7264/**
7265 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7266 *
7267 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7268 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7269 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7270 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7271 *
7272 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7273 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7274 * is applied to this range.
7275 *
7276 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7277 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7278 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7279 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7280 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7281 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7282 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7283 *
7284 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7285 *
7286 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7287 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7288 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7289 *
7290 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7291 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7292 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7293 *
7294 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7295 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7296 */
7297enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7298 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7299
7300 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7301 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7302 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7303 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7304
7305 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7306 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7307};
7308
7309#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */